Scott Lahteine
8 years ago
parent
03aa424ccb
commit
cf94688925
@ -0,0 +1,1503 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "UBL5.0 FT2020"
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 245
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 115
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 11.50
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.50
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 60.00
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 250.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 18.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 950.0
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 52.2 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 2, 17 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 4, 750 }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 400 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 17.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 17.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 4.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {40,85} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 38 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -7 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -9.65 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 2 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 203
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 180
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 175
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 39
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 10
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 10
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 100
|
||||
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 100
|
||||
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 20
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (40*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (55)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define NUM_SERVOS 2 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 500
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1091 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Roxy_work)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1500 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1505 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings such as:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Type of electronics
|
||||
* - Type of temperature sensor
|
||||
* - Printer geometry
|
||||
* - Endstop configuration
|
||||
* - LCD controller
|
||||
* - Extra features
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Getting Started =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
|
||||
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
|
||||
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
|
||||
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
|
||||
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
|
||||
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/delta directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// For a Scara printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
|
||||
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// @section info
|
||||
|
||||
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
|
||||
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
|
||||
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
|
||||
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
|
||||
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
|
||||
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *****************************************************
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin now allow you to have a vendor boot image to be displayed on machine
|
||||
// start. When SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN is defined Marlin will first show your
|
||||
// custom boot image and then the default Marlin boot image is shown.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// We suggest for you to take advantage of this new feature and keep the Marlin
|
||||
// boot image unmodified. For an example have a look at the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
// example configuration folder.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select which serial port on the board will be used for communication with the host.
|
||||
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
|
||||
* Serial port 0 is always used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
|
||||
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define BAUDRATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
|
||||
//#define BLUETOOTH
|
||||
|
||||
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
|
||||
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
|
||||
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
|
||||
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
|
||||
// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
|
||||
|
||||
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
|
||||
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
|
||||
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the number of extruders
|
||||
// :[1, 2, 3, 4]
|
||||
#define EXTRUDERS 1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if your E steppers or extruder gear ratios are not identical
|
||||
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
|
||||
|
||||
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
|
||||
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
|
||||
|
||||
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
|
||||
// Don't forget to set SSDE_SERVO_ANGLES and HOTEND_OFFSET_X/Y/Z
|
||||
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.0}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Mixing Extruder"
|
||||
* - Adds a new code, M165, to set the current mix factors.
|
||||
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
|
||||
* - Optional support for Repetier Host M163, M164, and virtual extruder.
|
||||
* - This implementation supports only a single extruder.
|
||||
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for Pia Taubert's reference implementation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
|
||||
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
|
||||
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
|
||||
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
|
||||
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
|
||||
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 = No Power Switch
|
||||
* 1 = ATX
|
||||
* 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
|
||||
|
||||
#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
|
||||
// Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
|
||||
// Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
|
||||
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Temperature sensors available:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
|
||||
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
|
||||
* 0 : not used
|
||||
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
|
||||
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
|
||||
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
|
||||
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
|
||||
* 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
|
||||
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
|
||||
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
|
||||
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
|
||||
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
|
||||
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
|
||||
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
|
||||
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
|
||||
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
|
||||
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
|
||||
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
|
||||
|
||||
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
|
||||
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
|
||||
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
|
||||
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
|
||||
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
|
||||
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
|
||||
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
|
||||
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
|
||||
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
|
||||
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
|
||||
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID Settings ================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
|
||||
#define PIDTEMP
|
||||
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
|
||||
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID Autotune to the LCD "Temperature" menu to run M303 and apply the result.
|
||||
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
|
||||
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
|
||||
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
|
||||
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
|
||||
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
|
||||
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
|
||||
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
|
||||
|
||||
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
|
||||
// Ultimaker
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
|
||||
|
||||
// MakerGear
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMP
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
|
||||
// If your PID_dT is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
|
||||
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
|
||||
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
|
||||
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
|
||||
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
|
||||
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
|
||||
//#define PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
|
||||
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
|
||||
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
|
||||
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
|
||||
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
|
||||
|
||||
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
|
||||
//from pidautotune
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
|
||||
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
|
||||
|
||||
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
|
||||
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
|
||||
// It also enables the M302 command to set the minimum extrusion temperature
|
||||
// or to allow moving the extruder regardless of the hotend temperature.
|
||||
// *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
|
||||
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
|
||||
|
||||
// This option prevents a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
|
||||
// Note that for Bowden Extruders a too-small value here may prevent loading.
|
||||
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
|
||||
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
|
||||
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
|
||||
// either in the usual order or reversed
|
||||
//#define COREXY
|
||||
//#define COREXZ
|
||||
//#define COREYZ
|
||||
//#define COREYX
|
||||
//#define COREZX
|
||||
//#define COREZY
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option for Toshiba steppers
|
||||
//#define CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
|
||||
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
|
||||
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
|
||||
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
|
||||
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
|
||||
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
|
||||
|
||||
// coarse Endstop Settings
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
|
||||
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
|
||||
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
|
||||
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These settings can be reset by M502
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can set distinct factors for each E stepper, if needed.
|
||||
* If fewer factors are given, the last will apply to the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
|
||||
* Override with M92
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M203
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
|
||||
* Override with M201
|
||||
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3]]]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
|
||||
* Override with M204
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M204 P Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
|
||||
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Default Jerk (mm/s)
|
||||
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
|
||||
*
|
||||
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
|
||||
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
|
||||
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 20.0
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
// @section probes
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Probe Type
|
||||
// Probes are sensors/switches that are activated / deactivated before/after use.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
|
||||
// You must activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use M851 to set the Z probe vertical offset from the nozzle. Store with M500.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
|
||||
// For example an inductive probe, or a setup that uses the nozzle to probe.
|
||||
// An inductive probe must be deactivated to go below
|
||||
// its trigger-point if hardware endstops are active.
|
||||
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
|
||||
|
||||
// The BLTouch probe emulates a servo probe.
|
||||
// The default connector is SERVO 0. Set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR below to override.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
|
||||
//#define Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR 0
|
||||
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if you have a Z probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell.
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
|
||||
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
|
||||
|
||||
// Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
|
||||
// X and Y offsets must be integers.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
|
||||
// #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
// #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
|
||||
//
|
||||
// +-- BACK ---+
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
|
||||
// E | | I
|
||||
// F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
|
||||
// T | | H
|
||||
// | (-) | T
|
||||
// | |
|
||||
// O-- FRONT --+
|
||||
// (0,0)
|
||||
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
|
||||
|
||||
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
|
||||
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
|
||||
// Speed for the first approach when double-probing (with PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH)
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
|
||||
// Speed for the "accurate" probe of each point
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
|
||||
// Use double touch for probing
|
||||
//#define PROBE_DOUBLE_TOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Allen Key Probe is defined in the Delta example configurations.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
// *** PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BELOW FOR SAFETY! ***
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To continue using the Z-min-endstop for homing, be sure to disable Z_SAFE_HOMING.
|
||||
// Example: To park the head outside the bed area when homing with G28.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To use a separate Z probe, your board must define a Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For a servo-based Z probe, just set Z_ENDSTOP_SERVO_NR and Z_SERVO_ANGLES above.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may be able to use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin.
|
||||
// - Use 5V for powered (usu. inductive) sensors.
|
||||
// - Otherwise connect:
|
||||
// - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
|
||||
// - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Normally-closed switches are advised and are the default.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN sets the Arduino pin to use. (See your board's pins file.)
|
||||
// Since the RAMPS Aux4->D32 pin maps directly to the Arduino D32 pin, D32 is the
|
||||
// default pin for all RAMPS-based boards. Most boards use the X_MAX_PIN by default.
|
||||
// To use a different pin you can override it here.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WARNING:
|
||||
// Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially disastrous consequences.
|
||||
// Use with caution and do your homework.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN X_MAX_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP to use _both_ a Z Probe and a Z-min-endstop on the same machine.
|
||||
// With this option the Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN will only be used for probing, never for homing.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN to use the Z_MIN_PIN for your Z_MIN_PROBE.
|
||||
// The Z_MIN_PIN will then be used for both Z-homing and probing.
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
// To use a probe you must enable one of the two options above!
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Z Probe Repeatability test to see how accurate your probe is
|
||||
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
|
||||
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
|
||||
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
|
||||
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
|
||||
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
|
||||
* probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
|
||||
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
|
||||
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
|
||||
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
|
||||
|
||||
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
|
||||
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
|
||||
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
|
||||
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
|
||||
|
||||
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
|
||||
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
|
||||
#define DISABLE_X false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Y false
|
||||
#define DISABLE_Z false
|
||||
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
|
||||
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
|
||||
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (in mm) Minimal z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
|
||||
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
|
||||
|
||||
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
|
||||
// :[-1,1]
|
||||
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
// Travel limits after homing (units are in mm)
|
||||
#define X_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
|
||||
#define X_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
|
||||
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move below MIN_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
// If enabled, axes won't move above MAX_POS in response to movement commands.
|
||||
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Runout Sensor
|
||||
* A mechanical or opto endstop is used to check for the presence of filament.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN.
|
||||
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN.
|
||||
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH = has filament, LOW = ran out
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
|
||||
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_FIL_RUNOUT // Uncomment to use internal pullup for filament runout pins if the sensor is defined.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
|
||||
//==========================================================================
|
||||
// @section bedlevel
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Select one form of Auto Bed Leveling below.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you're also using the Probe for Z Homing, it's
|
||||
* highly recommended to enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 3POINT
|
||||
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
|
||||
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - LINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - BILINEAR
|
||||
* Probe several points in a grid.
|
||||
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
|
||||
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UBL Unified Bed Leveling
|
||||
* A comprehensive bed leveling system that combines features and benefits from previous
|
||||
* bed leveling system. The UBL Bed Leveling System also includes an integrated and easy to use
|
||||
* Mesh Generation, Mesh Validation and Mesh Editing system.
|
||||
* - Currently, the UBL Bed Leveling System is only checked out for Cartesian Printers. But with
|
||||
* that said, it was primarily designed to handle poor quality Delta Printers. If you feel
|
||||
* adventurous and have a Delta, please post an issue if something doesn't work correctly.
|
||||
* Initially, you will need to reduce your declared bed size so you have a rectangular area to
|
||||
* test on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
|
||||
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
|
||||
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
|
||||
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
|
||||
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
|
||||
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
|
||||
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
|
||||
#define ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y ABL_GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
|
||||
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
|
||||
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
|
||||
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
|
||||
|
||||
// The Z probe minimum outer margin (to validate G29 parameters).
|
||||
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
|
||||
|
||||
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
|
||||
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
|
||||
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
|
||||
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
|
||||
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT)
|
||||
|
||||
// 3 arbitrary points to probe.
|
||||
// A simple cross-product is used to estimate the plane of the bed.
|
||||
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define MANUAL_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // Z after Home, bed somewhere below but above 0.0.
|
||||
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 3
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest at origin [0,0,0]
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_BED_LEVELING // Add display menu option for bed leveling.
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MANUAL_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MBL_Z_STEP 0.025 // Step size while manually probing Z axis.
|
||||
#endif // MANUAL_BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_INSET 1 // Mesh inset margin on print area
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_X_POINTS 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_NUM_Y_POINTS 10
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_X 39 // These set the probe locations for when UBL does a 3-Point leveling
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 // of the mesh.
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_X 39
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_X 180
|
||||
#define UBL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BED_LEVELING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
|
||||
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
|
||||
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
|
||||
|
||||
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
|
||||
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this feature enabled:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
|
||||
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
|
||||
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
|
||||
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
|
||||
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_MIN_POS + X_MAX_POS) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_MIN_POS + Y_MAX_POS) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
|
||||
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// EEPROM
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
|
||||
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
|
||||
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
|
||||
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
|
||||
//define this to enable EEPROM support
|
||||
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
|
||||
// To disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
|
||||
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Please keep turned on if you can.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Host Keepalive
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
|
||||
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // uncomment to add the M100 Free Memory Watcher for debug purpose
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// M149 Set temperature units support
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Preheat Constants
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
|
||||
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Nozzle Park -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to define a special XYZ position, inside the
|
||||
// machine's topology, to park the nozzle when idle or when receiving the G27
|
||||
// command.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The "P" paramenter controls what is the action applied to the Z axis:
|
||||
// P0: (Default) If current Z-pos is lower than Z-park then the nozzle will
|
||||
// be raised to reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: No matter the current Z-pos, the nozzle will be raised/lowered to
|
||||
// reach Z-park height.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: The nozzle height will be raised by Z-park amount but never going over
|
||||
// the machine's limit of Z_MAX_POS.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled allows the user to send G12 to start the nozzle cleaning
|
||||
// process, the G-Code accepts two parameters:
|
||||
// "P" for pattern selection
|
||||
// "S" for defining the number of strokes/repetitions
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Available list of patterns:
|
||||
// P0: This is the default pattern, this process requires a sponge type
|
||||
// material at a fixed bed location. S defines "strokes" i.e.
|
||||
// back-and-forth movements between the starting and end points.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P1: This starts a zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T"
|
||||
// defines the number of zig-zag triangles to be done. "S" defines the
|
||||
// number of strokes aka one back-and-forth movement. Zig-zags will
|
||||
// be performed in whichever dimension is smallest. As an example,
|
||||
// sending "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// --
|
||||
// | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// A | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | | / \ / \ / \ |
|
||||
// | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
|
||||
// -- +--------------------------------+
|
||||
// |________|_________|_________|
|
||||
// T1 T2 T3
|
||||
//
|
||||
// P2: This starts a circular pattern with circle with middle in
|
||||
// NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE radius of R and stroke count of S.
|
||||
// Before starting the circle nozzle goes to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Caveats: End point Z should use the same value as Start point Z.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Attention: This is an EXPERIMENTAL feature, in the future the G-code arguments
|
||||
// may change to add new functionality like different wipe patterns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
|
||||
// Default number of pattern repetitions
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
|
||||
|
||||
// Default number of triangles
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
|
||||
|
||||
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
|
||||
|
||||
// Circular pattern radius
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
|
||||
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
|
||||
// Middle point of circle
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves the nozzle to the initial position
|
||||
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print job timer
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Enable this option to automatically start and stop the
|
||||
// print job timer when M104/M109/M190 commands are received.
|
||||
// M104 (extruder without wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M109 (extruder with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
|
||||
// M190 (bed with wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In all cases the timer can be started and stopped using
|
||||
// the following commands:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - M75 - Start the print job timer
|
||||
// - M76 - Pause the print job timer
|
||||
// - M77 - Stop the print job timer
|
||||
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Print Counter
|
||||
//
|
||||
// When enabled Marlin will keep track of some print statistical data such as:
|
||||
// - Total print jobs
|
||||
// - Total successful print jobs
|
||||
// - Total failed print jobs
|
||||
// - Total time printing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This information can be viewed by the M78 command.
|
||||
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD LANGUAGE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Here you may choose the language used by Marlin on the LCD menus, the following
|
||||
// list of languages are available:
|
||||
// en, an, bg, ca, cn, cz, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
|
||||
// kana, kana_utf8, nl, pl, pt, pt_utf8, pt-br, pt-br_utf8, ru, tr, uk, test
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cn':'Chinese', 'cz':'Czech', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'kana':'Japanese', 'kana_utf8':'Japanese (UTF8)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'pt-br_utf8':'Portuguese (Brazilian UTF8)', 'pt_utf8':'Portuguese (UTF8)', 'ru':'Russian', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'test':'TEST' }
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD Character Set
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// All character-based LCD's provide ASCII plus one of these
|
||||
// language extensions:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - JAPANESE ... the most common
|
||||
// - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
|
||||
// - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
|
||||
// - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
|
||||
// - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
|
||||
//
|
||||
// See https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/wiki/LCD-Language
|
||||
//
|
||||
// :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// LCD TYPE
|
||||
//
|
||||
// You may choose ULTRA_LCD if you have character based LCD with 16x2, 16x4, 20x2,
|
||||
// 20x4 char/lines or DOGLCD for the full graphics display with 128x64 pixels
|
||||
// (ST7565R family). (This option will be set automatically for certain displays.)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// IMPORTANT NOTE: The U8glib library is required for Full Graphic Display!
|
||||
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTRA_LCD // Character based
|
||||
//#define DOGLCD // Full graphics display
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
|
||||
// you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: SPI SPEED
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Uncomment ONE of the following items to use a slower SPI transfer
|
||||
// speed. This is usually required if you're getting volume init errors.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
|
||||
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ENCODER SETTINGS
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
|
||||
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
|
||||
// move between next/prev menu items.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encoder Direction Options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
|
||||
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
|
||||
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Individual Axis Homing
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
|
||||
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SPEAKER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
|
||||
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
|
||||
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
|
||||
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standard
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Marlin supports a wide variety of controllers.
|
||||
// Enable one of the following options to specify your controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ULTIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Cartesio UI
|
||||
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define CARTESIO_UI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define PANEL_ONE
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MAKRPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
|
||||
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
|
||||
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
|
||||
// http://panucatt.com
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define VIKI2
|
||||
//#define miniVIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
|
||||
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define G3D_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
|
||||
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
|
||||
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define MINIPANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
|
||||
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
|
||||
//
|
||||
// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
|
||||
// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
|
||||
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
|
||||
// http://www.inventapart.com/
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
|
||||
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
|
||||
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Sainsmart YW Robot (LCM1602) LCD Display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCM1602
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// separate encoder and click inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
|
||||
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
|
||||
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
|
||||
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
|
||||
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
|
||||
#define U8GLIB_SH1106
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
|
||||
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define SAV_3DLCD
|
||||
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
|
||||
//=============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
|
||||
|
||||
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
|
||||
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
|
||||
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
|
||||
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
|
||||
|
||||
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
|
||||
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
|
||||
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
|
||||
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
|
||||
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
|
||||
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
|
||||
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
|
||||
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
|
||||
|
||||
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
|
||||
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
|
||||
//#define BARICUDA
|
||||
|
||||
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
|
||||
//#define BLINKM
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for an RGB LED using 3 separate pins with optional PWM
|
||||
//#define RGB_LED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(RGB_LED)
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
|
||||
#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*********************************************************************\
|
||||
* R/C SERVO support
|
||||
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
// Number of servos
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
|
||||
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
|
||||
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
|
||||
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
|
||||
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
|
||||
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
|
||||
#define SERVO_DELAY 300
|
||||
|
||||
// Servo deactivation
|
||||
//
|
||||
// With this option servos are powered only during movement, then turned off to prevent jitter.
|
||||
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/**********************************************************************\
|
||||
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
|
||||
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
|
||||
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motherboards
|
||||
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
|
||||
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
// Uncomment below to enable
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.00 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_H
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1085 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
* ** ATTENTION TO ALL DEVELOPERS **
|
||||
* ***********************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You must increment this version number for every significant change such as,
|
||||
* but not limited to: ADD, DELETE RENAME OR REPURPOSE any directive/option.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: Update also Version.h !
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 010100
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection protects your printer from damage and fire if a
|
||||
* thermistor falls out or temperature sensors fail in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out or a temperature sensor fails,
|
||||
* Marlin can no longer sense the actual temperature. Since a disconnected
|
||||
* thermistor reads as a low temperature, the firmware will keep the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too long (period),
|
||||
* the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway" increase THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed" increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M140 or M190 increases the target temperature the firmware will wait for the
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD to expire, and if the temperature hasn't increased by WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE
|
||||
* degrees, the machine is halted, requiring a hard reset. This test restarts with any M140/M190,
|
||||
* but only if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get too many "Heating failed" errors, increase WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD and/or decrease
|
||||
* WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE. (WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE should not be below 2.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // mm/m
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // mm
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
|
||||
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
|
||||
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
|
||||
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
// This defines the minimal speed for the main fan, run in PWM mode
|
||||
// to enable uncomment and set minimal PWM speed for reliable running (1-255)
|
||||
// if fan speed is [1 - (FAN_MIN_PWM-1)] it is set to FAN_MIN_PWM
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
|
||||
|
||||
// Define a pin to turn case light on/off
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4
|
||||
#if PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT)
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set to true if HIGH is the OFF state (active low)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON // Uncomment to set default state to on
|
||||
//#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Uncomment to have a Case Light On / Off entry in main menu
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual X Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two X axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second X stepper.
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two X motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Dual Y Steppers
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to drive two Y axis motors.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Y stepper.
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
// Set true if the two Y motors need to rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
|
||||
// Uncomment this option to use a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
|
||||
// The next unused E driver will be assigned to the second Z stepper.
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
|
||||
// Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS is a feature to enable the use of 2 endstops for both Z steppers - Let's call them Z stepper and Z2 stepper.
|
||||
// That way the machine is capable to align the bed during home, since both Z steppers are homed.
|
||||
// There is also an implementation of M666 (software endstops adjustment) to this feature.
|
||||
// After Z homing, this adjustment is applied to just one of the steppers in order to align the bed.
|
||||
// One just need to home the Z axis and measure the distance difference between both Z axis and apply the math: Z adjust = Z - Z2.
|
||||
// If the Z stepper axis is closer to the bed, the measure Z > Z2 (yes, it is.. think about it) and the Z adjust would be positive.
|
||||
// Play a little bit with small adjustments (0.5mm) and check the behaviour.
|
||||
// The M119 (endstops report) will start reporting the Z2 Endstop as well.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
|
||||
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
|
||||
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
|
||||
// allowing faster printing speeds. Connect your X2 stepper to the first unused E plug.
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
// Configuration for second X-carriage
|
||||
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
|
||||
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
|
||||
// Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
|
||||
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
// Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
|
||||
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
// Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
|
||||
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
|
||||
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR {2, 2, 4} // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section machine
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
|
||||
//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
|
||||
// Motor Current controlled via PWM (Overridable on supported boards with PWM-driven motor driver current)
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT {1300, 1300, 1250} // Values in milliamps
|
||||
|
||||
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
|
||||
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER // If defined, certain menu edit operations automatically multiply the steps when the encoder is moved quickly
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x10 to quickly advance the value
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // If the encoder steps per sec exceeds this value, multiply steps moved x100 to really quickly advance the value
|
||||
|
||||
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
|
||||
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
|
||||
// using:
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256).
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
|
||||
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
|
||||
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
|
||||
// Add a menu item to test the progress bar:
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
// This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOGLCD)
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
#endif // DOGLCD
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
|
||||
// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
|
||||
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
|
||||
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
|
||||
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
|
||||
// does not respect endstops!
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
|
||||
//not implemented for deltabots!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 //faster movements
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
|
||||
//
|
||||
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
|
||||
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
|
||||
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
|
||||
//#define ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
|
||||
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation of linear pressure control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance = k * (delta velocity)
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
* See Marlin documentation for calibration instructions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 75
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some Slicers produce Gcode with randomly jumping extrusion widths occasionally.
|
||||
* For example within a 0.4mm perimeter it may produce a single segment of 0.05mm width.
|
||||
* While this is harmless for normal printing (the fluid nature of the filament will
|
||||
* close this very, very tiny gap), it throws off the LIN_ADVANCE pressure adaption.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For this case LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO can be used to set the extrusion:distance ratio
|
||||
* to a fixed value. Note that using a fixed ratio will lead to wrong nozzle pressures
|
||||
* if the slicer is using variable widths or layer heights within one print!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option sets the default E:D ratio at startup. Use `M905` to override this value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: `M905 W0.4 H0.2 D1.75`, where:
|
||||
* - W is the extrusion width in mm
|
||||
* - H is the layer height in mm
|
||||
* - D is the filament diameter in mm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set to 0 to auto-detect the ratio based on given Gcode G1 print moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slic3r (including Prusa Slic3r) produces Gcode compatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
* Cura (as of this writing) may produce Gcode incompatible with the automatic mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_E_D_RATIO 0 // The calculated ratio (or 0) according to the formula W * H / ((D / 2) ^ 2 * PI)
|
||||
// Example: 0.4 * 0.2 / ((1.75 / 2) ^ 2 * PI) = 0.033260135
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
// Default mesh area is an area with an inset margin on the print area.
|
||||
// Below are the macros that are used to define the borders for the mesh area,
|
||||
// made available here for specialized needs, ie dual extruder setup.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_X (X_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_X (X_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MIN_Y (Y_MIN_POS + UBL_MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#define UBL_MESH_MAX_Y (Y_MAX_POS - (UBL_MESH_INSET))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
// Arc interpretation settings:
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disabling this saves ~2738 bytes
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
// The minimum pulse width (in µs) for stepping a stepper.
|
||||
// Set this if you find stepping unreliable, or if using a very fast CPU.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 // (µs) The smallest stepper pulse allowed
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// @section fwretract
|
||||
|
||||
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
|
||||
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
|
||||
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
|
||||
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
|
||||
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Change
|
||||
* Experimental filament change support.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_CHANGE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_X_POS 3 // X position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Y_POS 3 // Y position of hotend
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_ADD 10 // Z addition of hotend (lift)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // Initial retract feedrate in mm/s
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // Initial retract in mm
|
||||
// It is a short retract used immediately after print interrupt before move to filament exchange position
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // Unload filament feedrate in mm/s - filament unloading can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // Unload filament length from hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to unload filament from whole bowden tube,
|
||||
// shorter length for printers without bowden to unload filament from extruder only,
|
||||
// 0 to disable unloading for manual unloading
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // Load filament feedrate in mm/s - filament loading into the bowden tube can be fast
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // Load filament length over hotend in mm
|
||||
// Longer length for bowden printers to fast load filament into whole bowden tube over the hotend,
|
||||
// Short or zero length for printers without bowden where loading is not used
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_FEEDRATE 3 // Extrude filament feedrate in mm/s - must be slower than load feedrate
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_EXTRUDE_LENGTH 50 // Extrude filament length in mm after filament is loaded over the hotend,
|
||||
// 0 to disable for manual extrusion
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the filament exchange menu to fill the hotend,
|
||||
// or until outcoming filament color is not clear for filament color change
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45L // Turn off nozzle if user doesn't change filament within this time limit in seconds
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NUMBER_OF_ALERT_BEEPS 5L // Number of alert beeps before printer goes quiet
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable to have stepper motors hold position during filament change
|
||||
// even if it takes longer than DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have TMC26X motor drivers.
|
||||
* You will need to import the TMC26XStepper library into the Arduino IDE for this
|
||||
* (https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper.git)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMCDRIVER
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMCDRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // in mA
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // in mOhms
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this for SilentStepStick Trinamic TMC2130 SPI-configurable stepper drivers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll also need the TMC2130Stepper Arduino library
|
||||
* (https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2130 stepper drivers in SPI mode connect your SPI2130 pins to
|
||||
* the hardware SPI interface on your board and define the required CS pins
|
||||
* in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HAVE_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Let Marlin automatically control stepper current.
|
||||
* This is still an experimental feature.
|
||||
* Increase current every 5s by CURRENT_STEP until stepper temperature prewarn gets triggered,
|
||||
* then decrease current by CURRENT_STEP until temperature prewarn is cleared.
|
||||
* Adjusting starts from X/Y/Z/E_MAX_CURRENT but will not increase over AUTO_ADJUST_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTOMATIC_CURRENT_CONTROL
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define AUTO_ADJUST_MAX 1300 // [mA], 1300mA_rms = 1840mA_peak
|
||||
|
||||
// CHOOSE YOUR MOTORS HERE, THIS IS MANDATORY
|
||||
//#define X_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_TMC2130
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stepper driver settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define R_SENSE 0.11 // R_sense resistor for SilentStepStick2130
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE 1 // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // rms current in mA
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // FULLSTEP..256
|
||||
#define X_CHIP_SELECT 40 // Pin
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_CHIP_SELECT 42
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_CHIP_SELECT 65
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define X2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Y2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define Z2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E0_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E1_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E2_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
//#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
//#define E3_CHIP_SELECT -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC2130_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperX.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC2130_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ENABLED(HAVE_TMC2130)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this section if you have L6470 motor drivers.
|
||||
* You need to import the L6470 library into the Arduino IDE for this.
|
||||
* (https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section l6470
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HAVE_L6470DRIVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HAVE_L6470DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define X2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Y2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define Z2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E0_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E1_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E2_IS_L6470
|
||||
//#define E3_IS_L6470
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // number of microsteps
|
||||
#define X_K_VAL 50 // 0 - 255, Higher values, are higher power. Be careful not to go too high
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // maxc current in mA. If the current goes over this value, the driver will switch off
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // current in mA where the driver will detect a stall
|
||||
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_K_VAL 50
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add M43, M44 and M45 commands for pins info and testing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Double-click the Encoder button on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: You may need to add extra time to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in new issue